1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd)) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 432 /* 433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 437 ** 438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 444 */ 445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 446 struct PagerSavepoint { 447 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 448 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 449 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 450 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 451 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 453 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 454 #endif 455 }; 456 457 /* 458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 459 */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 463 464 /* 465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 466 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 467 ** 468 ** eState 469 ** 470 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 471 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 472 ** 473 ** eLock 474 ** 475 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 476 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 477 ** 478 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 479 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 480 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 481 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 482 ** need (and no reason to release them). 483 ** 484 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 485 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 486 ** details. 487 ** 488 ** changeCountDone 489 ** 490 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 491 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 492 ** not updated more often than necessary. 493 ** 494 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 495 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 496 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 497 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 498 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 499 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 500 ** 501 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 502 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 503 ** committed. 504 ** 505 ** setMaster 506 ** 507 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 508 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 509 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 510 ** 511 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 512 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 513 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 514 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 515 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 516 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 517 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 518 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 519 ** 520 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 521 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 522 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 523 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 524 ** 525 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 526 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 527 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 528 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 529 ** 530 ** doNotSpill 531 ** 532 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 533 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 534 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 535 ** 536 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 537 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 538 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 539 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 540 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 541 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 542 ** case is a user preference. 543 ** 544 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 545 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 546 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 547 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 548 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 549 ** 550 ** subjInMemory 551 ** 552 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 553 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 554 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 555 ** 556 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 557 ** write-transaction is opened. 558 ** 559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 560 ** 561 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 562 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 563 ** OPEN and ERROR). 564 ** 565 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 566 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 567 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 568 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 569 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 570 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 571 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 572 ** to dbSize==1). 573 ** 574 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 575 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 576 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 577 ** dbSize is updated. 578 ** 579 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 580 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 581 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 582 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 583 ** being modified. 584 ** 585 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 586 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 587 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 588 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 589 ** 590 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 591 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 592 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 593 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 594 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 595 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 596 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 597 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 598 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 599 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 600 ** 601 ** dbHintSize 602 ** 603 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 604 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 605 ** 606 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 607 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 608 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 609 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 610 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 611 ** details. 612 ** 613 ** errCode 614 ** 615 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 616 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 617 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 618 ** sub-codes. 619 ** 620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags 621 ** 622 ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03). 623 ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode 624 ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the 625 ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL 626 ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags 627 ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct 628 ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note 629 ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced 630 ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero. 631 */ 632 struct Pager { 633 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 634 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 635 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 636 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 637 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 638 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 639 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 640 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 641 u8 walSyncFlags; /* See description above */ 642 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 643 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 644 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 645 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 646 647 /************************************************************************** 648 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 649 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 650 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 651 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 652 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 653 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 654 ** "configuration" of the pager. 655 */ 656 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 657 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 658 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 659 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 660 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 661 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 662 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 663 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 664 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 665 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 666 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 667 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 668 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 669 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 670 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 671 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 672 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 673 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 674 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 675 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 676 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 677 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 678 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 679 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 680 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 681 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 682 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 683 684 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 685 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 686 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 687 /* 688 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 689 ***************************************************************************/ 690 691 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 692 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 693 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 694 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 695 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 696 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 697 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 698 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 699 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 700 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 701 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 702 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 704 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 705 #endif 706 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 707 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ 708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 709 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 710 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 711 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 712 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 713 #endif 714 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 715 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 717 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 718 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 719 #endif 720 }; 721 722 /* 723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 726 */ 727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 730 731 /* 732 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 733 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 734 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 735 */ 736 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 737 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 738 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 739 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 740 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 741 #else 742 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 743 #endif 744 745 746 747 /* 748 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 749 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 750 ** 751 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 752 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 753 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 754 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 755 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 756 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 757 ** journal and ignore it. 758 ** 759 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 760 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 761 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 762 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 763 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 764 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 765 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 766 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 767 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 768 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 769 */ 770 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 771 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 772 }; 773 774 /* 775 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 776 ** the following macro. 777 */ 778 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 779 780 /* 781 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 782 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 783 */ 784 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 785 786 /* 787 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 788 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 789 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 790 ** out code that would never execute. 791 */ 792 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 793 # define MEMDB 0 794 #else 795 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 796 #endif 797 798 /* 799 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 800 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 801 */ 802 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 803 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 804 #else 805 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 806 #endif 807 808 /* 809 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 810 */ 811 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 812 813 /* 814 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 815 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 816 ** 817 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 818 ** 819 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 820 ** 821 ** instead of 822 ** 823 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 824 */ 825 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 826 827 /* 828 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno. 829 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database. 830 */ 831 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ) 832 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 833 u32 iRead = 0; 834 int rc; 835 if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0; 836 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); 837 return rc || iRead; 838 } 839 #endif 840 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 841 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) 842 #else 843 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 844 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 845 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 846 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 847 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 848 #endif 849 850 #ifndef NDEBUG 851 /* 852 ** Usage: 853 ** 854 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 855 ** 856 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 857 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 858 */ 859 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 860 Pager *pPager = p; 861 862 /* State must be valid. */ 863 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 864 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 865 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 866 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 867 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 868 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 869 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 870 ); 871 872 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 873 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 874 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 875 */ 876 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 877 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 878 879 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 880 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 881 */ 882 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 883 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 884 885 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 886 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 887 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 888 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 889 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 890 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 891 ** state. 892 */ 893 if( MEMDB ){ 894 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 895 assert( p->noSync ); 896 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 897 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 898 ); 899 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 900 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 901 } 902 903 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 904 ** on the file. 905 */ 906 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 907 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 908 909 switch( p->eState ){ 910 case PAGER_OPEN: 911 assert( !MEMDB ); 912 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 913 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 914 break; 915 916 case PAGER_READER: 917 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 918 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 919 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 920 break; 921 922 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 923 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 924 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 925 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 926 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 927 } 928 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 929 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 930 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 931 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 932 break; 933 934 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 935 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 936 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 937 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 938 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 939 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 940 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 941 ** to journal_mode=wal. 942 */ 943 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 944 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 945 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 946 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 947 ); 948 } 949 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 950 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 951 break; 952 953 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 954 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 955 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 956 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 957 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 958 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 959 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 960 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 961 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 962 ); 963 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 964 break; 965 966 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 967 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 968 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 969 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 970 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 971 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 972 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 973 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 974 ); 975 break; 976 977 case PAGER_ERROR: 978 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 979 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 980 ** back to OPEN state. 981 */ 982 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 983 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 984 break; 985 } 986 987 return 1; 988 } 989 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 990 991 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 992 /* 993 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 994 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 995 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 996 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 997 ** 998 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 999 */ 1000 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 1001 static char zRet[1024]; 1002 1003 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 1004 "Filename: %s\n" 1005 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 1006 "Lock: %s\n" 1007 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 1008 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 1009 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 1010 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 1011 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 1012 , p->zFilename 1013 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1014 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1015 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1016 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1017 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1018 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1019 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1020 , (int)p->errCode 1021 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1022 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1023 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1024 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1025 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1026 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1027 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1028 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1029 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1030 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1031 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1032 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1033 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1034 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1035 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1036 ); 1037 1038 return zRet; 1039 } 1040 #endif 1041 1042 /* Forward references to the various page getters */ 1043 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1044 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1045 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1046 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1047 #endif 1048 1049 /* 1050 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch 1051 ** content from the pager. 1052 */ 1053 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ 1054 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1055 pPager->xGet = getPageError; 1056 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1057 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) 1058 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 1059 && pPager->xCodec==0 1060 #endif 1061 ){ 1062 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; 1063 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 1064 }else{ 1065 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; 1066 } 1067 } 1068 1069 /* 1070 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1071 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1072 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1073 ** 1074 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1075 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1076 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1077 */ 1078 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1079 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1080 PagerSavepoint *p; 1081 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1082 int i; 1083 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1084 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1085 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1086 return 1; 1087 } 1088 } 1089 return 0; 1090 } 1091 1092 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1093 /* 1094 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1095 */ 1096 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1097 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1098 } 1099 #endif 1100 1101 /* 1102 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1103 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1104 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1105 ** 1106 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1107 */ 1108 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1109 unsigned char ac[4]; 1110 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1111 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1112 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1113 } 1114 return rc; 1115 } 1116 1117 /* 1118 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1119 */ 1120 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1121 1122 1123 /* 1124 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1125 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1126 */ 1127 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1128 char ac[4]; 1129 put32bits(ac, val); 1130 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1131 } 1132 1133 /* 1134 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1135 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1136 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1137 ** 1138 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1139 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1140 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1141 */ 1142 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1143 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1144 1145 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1146 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1147 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1148 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1149 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1150 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1151 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1152 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1153 } 1154 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1155 } 1156 return rc; 1157 } 1158 1159 /* 1160 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1161 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1162 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1163 ** 1164 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1165 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1166 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1167 ** of this. 1168 */ 1169 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1170 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1171 1172 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1173 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1174 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1175 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1176 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1177 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1178 } 1179 } 1180 return rc; 1181 } 1182 1183 /* 1184 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or 1185 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The 1186 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if: 1187 ** 1188 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1189 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1190 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1191 ** to the page size. 1192 ** 1193 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal 1194 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1195 ** 1196 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() 1197 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is 1198 ** returned in this case. 1199 ** 1200 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned. 1201 */ 1202 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1203 assert( !MEMDB ); 1204 1205 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ 1206 || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) 1207 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1208 1209 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1210 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1211 #endif 1212 1213 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 1214 if( dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC ){ 1215 return -1; 1216 } 1217 #endif 1218 1219 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1220 { 1221 int nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1222 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1223 1224 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1225 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1226 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1227 return 0; 1228 } 1229 } 1230 1231 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1232 #endif 1233 1234 return 0; 1235 } 1236 1237 /* 1238 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1239 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1240 ** and debugging only. 1241 */ 1242 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1243 /* 1244 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1245 */ 1246 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1247 u32 hash = 0; 1248 int i; 1249 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1250 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1251 } 1252 return hash; 1253 } 1254 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1255 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1256 } 1257 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1258 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1259 } 1260 1261 /* 1262 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1263 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1264 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1265 */ 1266 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1267 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1268 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1269 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1270 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1271 } 1272 1273 #else 1274 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1275 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1276 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1277 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1278 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1279 1280 /* 1281 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1282 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1283 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1284 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1285 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1286 ** 1287 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1288 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1289 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1290 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1291 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1292 ** were present in the journal. 1293 ** 1294 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1295 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1296 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1297 ** journal file name. 1298 ** 1299 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1300 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1301 ** 1302 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1303 ** error code is returned. 1304 */ 1305 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1306 int rc; /* Return code */ 1307 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1308 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1309 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1310 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1311 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1312 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1313 1314 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1315 || szJ<16 1316 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1317 || len>=nMaster 1318 || len>szJ-16 1319 || len==0 1320 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1321 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1322 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1323 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1324 ){ 1325 return rc; 1326 } 1327 1328 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1329 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1330 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1331 } 1332 if( cksum ){ 1333 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1334 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1335 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1336 ** master-journal filename. 1337 */ 1338 len = 0; 1339 } 1340 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1341 1342 return SQLITE_OK; 1343 } 1344 1345 /* 1346 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1347 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1348 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1349 ** 1350 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1351 ** 1352 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1353 ** --------------------------------------- 1354 ** 0 0 1355 ** 512 512 1356 ** 100 512 1357 ** 2000 2048 1358 ** 1359 */ 1360 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1361 i64 offset = 0; 1362 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1363 if( c ){ 1364 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1365 } 1366 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1367 assert( offset>=c ); 1368 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1369 return offset; 1370 } 1371 1372 /* 1373 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1374 ** 1375 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1376 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1377 ** 1378 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1379 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1380 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1381 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1382 ** after writing or truncating it. 1383 ** 1384 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1385 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1386 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1387 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1388 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1389 ** 1390 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1391 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1392 */ 1393 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1394 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1395 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1396 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1397 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1398 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1399 1400 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1401 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1402 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1403 }else{ 1404 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1405 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1406 } 1407 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1408 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1409 } 1410 1411 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1412 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1413 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1414 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1415 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1416 */ 1417 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1418 i64 sz; 1419 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1420 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1421 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1422 } 1423 } 1424 } 1425 return rc; 1426 } 1427 1428 /* 1429 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1430 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1431 ** current location. 1432 ** 1433 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1434 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1435 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1436 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1437 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1438 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1439 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1440 ** 1441 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1442 */ 1443 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1444 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1445 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1446 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1447 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1448 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1449 1450 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1451 1452 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1453 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1454 } 1455 1456 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1457 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1458 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1459 */ 1460 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1461 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1462 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1463 } 1464 } 1465 1466 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1467 1468 /* 1469 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1470 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1471 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1472 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1473 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1474 ** 1475 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1476 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1477 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1478 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1479 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1480 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1481 ** 1482 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1483 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1484 ** 1485 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1486 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1487 */ 1488 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1489 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1490 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1491 ){ 1492 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1493 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1494 }else{ 1495 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1496 } 1497 1498 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1499 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1500 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1501 /* The initial database size */ 1502 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1503 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1504 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1505 1506 /* The page size */ 1507 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1508 1509 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1510 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1511 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1512 ** take the performance hit. 1513 */ 1514 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1515 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1516 1517 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1518 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1519 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1520 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1521 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1522 ** 1523 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1524 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1525 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1526 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1527 ** is done. 1528 ** 1529 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1530 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1531 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1532 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1533 */ 1534 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1535 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1536 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1537 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1538 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1539 } 1540 1541 return rc; 1542 } 1543 1544 /* 1545 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1546 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1547 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1548 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1549 ** a description of the journal header format. 1550 ** 1551 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1552 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1553 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1554 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1555 ** in this case. 1556 ** 1557 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1558 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1559 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1560 */ 1561 static int readJournalHdr( 1562 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1563 int isHot, 1564 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1565 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1566 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1567 ){ 1568 int rc; /* Return code */ 1569 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1570 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1571 1572 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1573 1574 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1575 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1576 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1577 */ 1578 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1579 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1580 return SQLITE_DONE; 1581 } 1582 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1583 1584 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1585 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1586 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1587 ** proceed. 1588 */ 1589 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1590 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1591 if( rc ){ 1592 return rc; 1593 } 1594 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1595 return SQLITE_DONE; 1596 } 1597 } 1598 1599 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1600 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1601 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1602 */ 1603 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1604 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1605 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1606 ){ 1607 return rc; 1608 } 1609 1610 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1611 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1612 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1613 1614 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1615 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1616 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1617 ){ 1618 return rc; 1619 } 1620 1621 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1622 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1623 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1624 */ 1625 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1626 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1627 } 1628 1629 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1630 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1631 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1632 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1633 */ 1634 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1635 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1636 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1637 ){ 1638 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1639 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1640 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1641 ** the journal file here. 1642 */ 1643 return SQLITE_DONE; 1644 } 1645 1646 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1647 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1648 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1649 */ 1650 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1651 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1652 1653 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1654 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1655 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1656 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1657 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1658 */ 1659 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1660 } 1661 1662 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1663 return rc; 1664 } 1665 1666 1667 /* 1668 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1669 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1670 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1671 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1672 ** anything is written. The format is: 1673 ** 1674 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1675 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1676 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1677 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1678 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1679 ** 1680 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1681 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1682 ** 1683 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1684 ** this call is a no-op. 1685 */ 1686 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1687 int rc; /* Return code */ 1688 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1689 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1690 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1691 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1692 1693 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1694 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1695 1696 if( !zMaster 1697 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1698 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1699 ){ 1700 return SQLITE_OK; 1701 } 1702 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1703 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1704 1705 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1706 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1707 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1708 } 1709 1710 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1711 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1712 ** the journal has already been synced. 1713 */ 1714 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1715 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1716 } 1717 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1718 1719 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1720 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1721 */ 1722 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1723 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1724 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1725 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1726 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1727 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1728 ){ 1729 return rc; 1730 } 1731 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1732 1733 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1734 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1735 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1736 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1737 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1738 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1739 ** 1740 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1741 ** file to the required size. 1742 */ 1743 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1744 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1745 ){ 1746 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1747 } 1748 return rc; 1749 } 1750 1751 /* 1752 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1753 */ 1754 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1755 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1756 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1757 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1758 } 1759 1760 /* 1761 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1762 */ 1763 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1764 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); 1765 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1766 } 1767 1768 /* 1769 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1770 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1771 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1772 */ 1773 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1774 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1775 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1776 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1777 } 1778 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1779 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1780 } 1781 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1782 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1783 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1784 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1785 } 1786 1787 /* 1788 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1789 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1790 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1791 */ 1792 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1793 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1794 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1795 1796 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1797 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1798 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1799 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1800 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1801 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1802 } 1803 } 1804 return rc; 1805 } 1806 1807 /* 1808 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1809 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1810 ** state. 1811 ** 1812 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1813 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1814 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1815 ** closed (if it is open). 1816 ** 1817 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1818 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1819 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1820 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1821 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1822 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1823 */ 1824 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1825 1826 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1827 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1828 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1829 ); 1830 1831 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1832 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1833 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1834 1835 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1836 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1837 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1838 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1839 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1840 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1841 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1842 1843 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1844 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1845 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1846 ** out from under us. 1847 */ 1848 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1849 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1850 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1851 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1852 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1853 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1854 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1855 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1856 ){ 1857 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1858 } 1859 1860 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1861 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1862 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1863 ** is necessary. 1864 */ 1865 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1866 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1867 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1868 } 1869 1870 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1871 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1872 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1873 */ 1874 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1875 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1876 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1877 } 1878 1879 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1880 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1881 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1882 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1883 */ 1884 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1885 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1886 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1887 pager_reset(pPager); 1888 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1889 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1890 }else{ 1891 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1892 } 1893 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1894 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1895 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1896 } 1897 1898 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1899 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1900 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1901 } 1902 1903 /* 1904 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1905 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1906 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1907 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1908 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1909 ** 1910 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1911 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1912 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1913 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1914 ** 1915 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1916 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1917 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1918 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1919 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1920 ** it were a hot-journal). 1921 */ 1922 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1923 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1924 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1925 assert( 1926 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1927 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1928 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1929 ); 1930 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1931 pPager->errCode = rc; 1932 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1933 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1934 } 1935 return rc; 1936 } 1937 1938 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1939 1940 /* 1941 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1942 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1943 ** 1944 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1945 ** 1946 ** Rules: 1947 ** 1948 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1949 ** for transactions to be durable. 1950 ** 1951 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1952 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1953 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1954 ** cache size. 1955 */ 1956 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1957 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1958 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1959 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1960 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1961 } 1962 1963 /* 1964 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1965 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1966 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1967 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1968 ** database transaction. 1969 ** 1970 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1971 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1972 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1973 ** 1974 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1975 ** 1976 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1977 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1978 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1979 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1980 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1981 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1982 ** 1983 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1984 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1985 ** in-memory journal. 1986 ** 1987 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1988 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1989 ** 1990 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1991 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1992 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1993 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1994 ** 1995 ** journalMode==DELETE 1996 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1997 ** 1998 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1999 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 2000 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 2001 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 2002 ** 2003 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 2004 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 2005 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 2006 ** 2007 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 2008 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 2009 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 2010 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 2011 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 2012 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 2013 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 2014 ** returned. 2015 */ 2016 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 2017 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 2018 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 2019 2020 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 2021 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 2022 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 2023 ** held under two circumstances: 2024 ** 2025 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 2026 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 2027 ** 2028 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 2029 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 2030 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 2031 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 2032 */ 2033 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2034 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2035 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 2036 return SQLITE_OK; 2037 } 2038 2039 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 2040 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 2041 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 2042 ); 2043 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 2044 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2045 2046 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 2047 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 2048 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 2049 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2050 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 2051 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 2052 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2053 }else{ 2054 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 2055 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 2056 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 2057 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 2058 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 2059 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 2060 */ 2061 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 2062 } 2063 } 2064 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2065 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2066 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2067 ){ 2068 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); 2069 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2070 }else{ 2071 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2072 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2073 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2074 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2075 */ 2076 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2077 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2078 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2079 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2080 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2081 ); 2082 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2083 if( bDelete ){ 2084 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2085 } 2086 } 2087 } 2088 2089 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2090 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2091 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2092 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2093 if( p ){ 2094 p->pageHash = 0; 2095 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2096 } 2097 } 2098 #endif 2099 2100 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2101 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2102 pPager->nRec = 0; 2103 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2104 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2105 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2106 }else{ 2107 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2108 } 2109 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2110 } 2111 2112 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2113 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2114 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2115 ** lock held on the database file. 2116 */ 2117 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2118 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2119 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2120 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2121 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2122 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2123 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2124 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2125 ** required size. */ 2126 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2127 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2128 } 2129 2130 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2131 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2132 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2133 } 2134 2135 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2136 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2137 ){ 2138 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2139 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2140 } 2141 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2142 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2143 2144 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2145 } 2146 2147 /* 2148 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2149 ** database file. 2150 ** 2151 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2152 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2153 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2154 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2155 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2156 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2157 ** will roll it back. 2158 ** 2159 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2160 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2161 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2162 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2163 */ 2164 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2165 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2166 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2167 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2168 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2169 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2170 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2171 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2172 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2173 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2174 } 2175 } 2176 pager_unlock(pPager); 2177 } 2178 2179 /* 2180 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2181 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2182 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2183 ** 2184 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2185 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2186 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2187 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2188 ** 2189 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2190 ** incompatible journal file format. 2191 ** 2192 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2193 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2194 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2195 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2196 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2197 */ 2198 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2199 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2200 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2201 while( i>0 ){ 2202 cksum += aData[i]; 2203 i -= 200; 2204 } 2205 return cksum; 2206 } 2207 2208 /* 2209 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2210 ** to the codec. 2211 */ 2212 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2213 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2214 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2215 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2216 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2217 } 2218 } 2219 #else 2220 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2221 #endif 2222 2223 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2224 /* 2225 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2226 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2227 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2228 */ 2229 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2230 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2231 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2232 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2233 } 2234 } 2235 #endif 2236 2237 /* 2238 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2239 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2240 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2241 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2242 ** 2243 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2244 ** not. 2245 ** 2246 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2247 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2248 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2249 ** 2250 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2251 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2252 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2253 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2254 ** prior to returning. 2255 ** 2256 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2257 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2258 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2259 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2260 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2261 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2262 ** two circumstances: 2263 ** 2264 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2265 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2266 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2267 ** 2268 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2269 ** 2270 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2271 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2272 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2273 */ 2274 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2275 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2276 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2277 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2278 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2279 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2280 ){ 2281 int rc; 2282 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2283 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2284 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2285 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2286 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2287 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2288 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2289 /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through 2290 ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */ 2291 const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0); 2292 #endif 2293 2294 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2295 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2296 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2297 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2298 2299 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2300 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2301 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2302 2303 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2304 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2305 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2306 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2307 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2308 */ 2309 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2310 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2311 ); 2312 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2313 2314 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2315 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2316 */ 2317 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2318 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2319 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2320 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2321 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2322 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2323 2324 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2325 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2326 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2327 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2328 */ 2329 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2330 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2331 return SQLITE_DONE; 2332 } 2333 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2334 return SQLITE_OK; 2335 } 2336 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2337 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2338 if( rc ) return rc; 2339 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2340 return SQLITE_DONE; 2341 } 2342 } 2343 2344 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2345 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2346 */ 2347 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2348 return rc; 2349 } 2350 2351 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2352 */ 2353 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2354 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2355 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2356 } 2357 2358 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2359 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2360 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2361 ** 2362 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2363 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2364 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2365 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2366 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2367 ** assert()able. 2368 ** 2369 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2370 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2371 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2372 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2373 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2374 ** 2375 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2376 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2377 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2378 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2379 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2380 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2381 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2382 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2383 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2384 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2385 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2386 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2387 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2388 ** 2389 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2390 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2391 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2392 */ 2393 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2394 pPg = 0; 2395 }else{ 2396 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2397 } 2398 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2399 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2400 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2401 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2402 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2403 )); 2404 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2405 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2406 }else{ 2407 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2408 } 2409 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2410 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2411 && isSynced 2412 ){ 2413 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2414 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2415 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2416 2417 /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file. 2418 ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data 2419 ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception 2420 ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that 2421 ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database 2422 ** file. */ 2423 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2424 if( !jrnlEnc ){ 2425 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); 2426 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2427 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2428 }else 2429 #endif 2430 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2431 2432 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2433 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2434 } 2435 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2436 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2437 if( jrnlEnc ){ 2438 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2439 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2440 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData); 2441 }else 2442 #endif 2443 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2444 } 2445 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2446 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2447 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2448 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2449 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2450 ** current. 2451 ** 2452 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2453 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2454 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2455 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2456 ** 2457 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2458 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2459 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2460 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2461 */ 2462 assert( isSavepnt ); 2463 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2464 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2465 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2466 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2467 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2468 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2469 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2470 } 2471 if( pPg ){ 2472 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2473 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2474 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2475 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2476 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2477 */ 2478 void *pData; 2479 pData = pPg->pData; 2480 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2481 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2482 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2483 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2484 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2485 ** has been removed. */ 2486 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2487 2488 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2489 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2490 if( pgno==1 ){ 2491 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2492 } 2493 2494 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2495 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2496 if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } 2497 #endif 2498 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2499 } 2500 return rc; 2501 } 2502 2503 /* 2504 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2505 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2506 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2507 ** and does so if it is. 2508 ** 2509 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2510 ** available for use within this function. 2511 ** 2512 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2513 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2514 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2515 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2516 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2517 ** 2518 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2519 ** 2520 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2521 ** journals have been rolled back. 2522 ** 2523 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2524 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2525 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2526 ** 2527 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2528 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2529 ** file zMaster 2530 ** 2531 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2532 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2533 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2534 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2535 ** 2536 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2537 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2538 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2539 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2540 ** 2541 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2542 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2543 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2544 ** size. 2545 */ 2546 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2547 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2548 int rc; /* Return code */ 2549 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2550 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2551 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2552 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2553 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2554 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2555 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2556 2557 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2558 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2559 */ 2560 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2561 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2562 if( !pMaster ){ 2563 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2564 }else{ 2565 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2566 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2567 } 2568 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2569 2570 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2571 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2572 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2573 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2574 */ 2575 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2576 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2577 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2578 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2579 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2580 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2581 goto delmaster_out; 2582 } 2583 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2584 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2585 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2586 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2587 2588 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2589 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2590 int exists; 2591 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2592 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2593 goto delmaster_out; 2594 } 2595 if( exists ){ 2596 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2597 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2598 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2599 */ 2600 int c; 2601 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2602 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2603 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2604 goto delmaster_out; 2605 } 2606 2607 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2608 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2609 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2610 goto delmaster_out; 2611 } 2612 2613 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2614 if( c ){ 2615 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2616 goto delmaster_out; 2617 } 2618 } 2619 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2620 } 2621 2622 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2623 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2624 2625 delmaster_out: 2626 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2627 if( pMaster ){ 2628 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2629 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2630 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2631 } 2632 return rc; 2633 } 2634 2635 2636 /* 2637 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2638 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2639 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2640 ** 2641 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2642 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2643 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2644 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2645 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2646 ** 2647 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2648 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2649 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2650 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2651 ** the end of the new file instead. 2652 ** 2653 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2654 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2655 */ 2656 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2657 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2658 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2659 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2660 2661 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2662 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2663 ){ 2664 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2665 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2666 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2667 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2668 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2669 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2670 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2671 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2672 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2673 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2674 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2675 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2676 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2677 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2678 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2679 } 2680 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2681 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2682 } 2683 } 2684 } 2685 return rc; 2686 } 2687 2688 /* 2689 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2690 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2691 */ 2692 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2693 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2694 if( iRet<32 ){ 2695 iRet = 512; 2696 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2697 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2698 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2699 } 2700 return iRet; 2701 } 2702 2703 /* 2704 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2705 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2706 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2707 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2708 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2709 ** 2710 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2711 ** 2712 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2713 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2714 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2715 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2716 ** 2717 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2718 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2719 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2720 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2721 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2722 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2723 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2724 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2725 */ 2726 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2727 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2728 2729 if( pPager->tempFile 2730 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2731 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2732 ){ 2733 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2734 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2735 ** call will segfault. */ 2736 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2737 }else{ 2738 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2739 } 2740 } 2741 2742 /* 2743 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2744 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2745 ** 2746 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2747 ** 2748 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2749 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2750 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2751 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2752 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2753 ** sanity checksum. 2754 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2755 ** database to during a rollback. 2756 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2757 ** is this many bytes in size. 2758 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2759 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2760 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2761 ** + 4 byte page number. 2762 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2763 ** + 4 byte checksum 2764 ** 2765 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2766 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2767 ** 2768 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2769 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2770 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2771 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2772 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2773 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2774 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2775 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2776 ** 2777 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2778 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2779 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2780 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2781 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2782 ** 2783 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2784 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2785 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2786 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2787 ** been encountered. 2788 ** 2789 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2790 ** and an error code is returned. 2791 ** 2792 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2793 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2794 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2795 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2796 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2797 ** needed. 2798 */ 2799 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2800 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2801 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2802 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2803 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2804 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2805 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2806 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2807 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2808 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2809 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2810 u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 2811 2812 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2813 ** the journal is empty. 2814 */ 2815 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2816 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2817 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2818 goto end_playback; 2819 } 2820 2821 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2822 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2823 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2824 ** played back. 2825 ** 2826 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2827 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2828 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2829 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2830 ** for pageSize. 2831 */ 2832 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2833 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2834 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2835 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2836 } 2837 zMaster = 0; 2838 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2839 goto end_playback; 2840 } 2841 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2842 needPagerReset = isHot; 2843 2844 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2845 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2846 ** occurs. 2847 */ 2848 while( 1 ){ 2849 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2850 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2851 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2852 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2853 */ 2854 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2855 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2856 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2857 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2858 } 2859 goto end_playback; 2860 } 2861 2862 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2863 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2864 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2865 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2866 */ 2867 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2868 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2869 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2870 } 2871 2872 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2873 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2874 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2875 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2876 ** size of the file. 2877 ** 2878 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2879 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2880 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2881 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2882 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2883 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2884 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2885 */ 2886 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2887 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2888 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2889 } 2890 2891 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2892 ** database file back to its original size. 2893 */ 2894 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2895 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2896 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2897 goto end_playback; 2898 } 2899 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2900 } 2901 2902 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2903 ** database file and/or page cache. 2904 */ 2905 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2906 if( needPagerReset ){ 2907 pager_reset(pPager); 2908 needPagerReset = 0; 2909 } 2910 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2911 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2912 nPlayback++; 2913 }else{ 2914 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2915 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2916 break; 2917 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2918 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2919 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2920 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2921 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2922 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2923 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2924 goto end_playback; 2925 }else{ 2926 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2927 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2928 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2929 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2930 */ 2931 goto end_playback; 2932 } 2933 } 2934 } 2935 } 2936 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2937 assert( 0 ); 2938 2939 end_playback: 2940 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2941 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1); 2942 } 2943 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2944 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2945 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2946 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2947 */ 2948 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2949 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2950 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2951 } 2952 #endif 2953 2954 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2955 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2956 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2957 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2958 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2959 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2960 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2961 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2962 */ 2963 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2964 2965 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2966 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2967 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2968 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2969 } 2970 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2971 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2972 ){ 2973 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2974 } 2975 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2976 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2977 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2978 } 2979 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2980 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2981 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2982 */ 2983 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2984 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2985 } 2986 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2987 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2988 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2989 } 2990 2991 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2992 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2993 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2994 */ 2995 setSectorSize(pPager); 2996 return rc; 2997 } 2998 2999 3000 /* 3001 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of 3002 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into 3003 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 3004 ** file before this function is called. 3005 ** 3006 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 3007 ** the value read from the database file. 3008 ** 3009 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 3010 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3011 */ 3012 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 3013 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 3014 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3015 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */ 3016 3017 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 3018 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3019 3020 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3021 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3022 if( rc ) return rc; 3023 } 3024 if( iFrame ){ 3025 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData); 3026 }else{ 3027 i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 3028 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset); 3029 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3030 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3031 } 3032 } 3033 3034 if( pPg->pgno==1 ){ 3035 if( rc ){ 3036 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 3037 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 3038 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 3039 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 3040 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 3041 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 3042 ** 3043 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 3044 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 3045 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 3046 ** we should still be ok. 3047 */ 3048 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3049 }else{ 3050 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 3051 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 3052 } 3053 } 3054 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 3055 3056 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 3057 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 3058 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); 3059 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 3060 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 3061 3062 return rc; 3063 } 3064 3065 /* 3066 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 3067 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 3068 ** 3069 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 3070 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 3071 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 3072 */ 3073 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 3074 u32 change_counter; 3075 3076 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 3077 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 3078 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 3079 3080 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 3081 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 3082 ** is valid. */ 3083 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 3084 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 3085 } 3086 3087 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3088 /* 3089 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 3090 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 3091 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 3092 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 3093 ** 3094 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3095 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3096 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3097 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3098 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3099 */ 3100 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3101 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3102 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3103 PgHdr *pPg; 3104 3105 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3106 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3107 if( pPg ){ 3108 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3109 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3110 }else{ 3111 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 3112 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3113 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3114 } 3115 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3116 } 3117 } 3118 3119 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3120 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3121 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3122 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3123 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3124 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3125 ** the backups must be restarted. 3126 */ 3127 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3128 3129 return rc; 3130 } 3131 3132 /* 3133 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3134 */ 3135 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3136 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3137 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3138 3139 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3140 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3141 ** following: 3142 ** 3143 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3144 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3145 */ 3146 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3147 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3148 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3149 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3150 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3151 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3152 pList = pNext; 3153 } 3154 3155 return rc; 3156 } 3157 3158 /* 3159 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3160 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3161 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3162 ** changed. 3163 ** 3164 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3165 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3166 */ 3167 static int pagerWalFrames( 3168 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3169 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3170 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3171 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3172 ){ 3173 int rc; /* Return code */ 3174 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3175 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3176 3177 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3178 assert( pList ); 3179 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3180 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3181 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3182 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3183 } 3184 #endif 3185 3186 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3187 if( isCommit ){ 3188 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3189 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3190 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3191 ** list here. */ 3192 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3193 nList = 0; 3194 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3195 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3196 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3197 nList++; 3198 } 3199 } 3200 assert( pList ); 3201 }else{ 3202 nList = 1; 3203 } 3204 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3205 3206 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3207 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3208 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3209 ); 3210 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3211 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3212 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3213 } 3214 } 3215 3216 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3217 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3218 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3219 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3220 } 3221 #endif 3222 3223 return rc; 3224 } 3225 3226 /* 3227 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3228 ** 3229 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3230 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3231 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3232 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3233 */ 3234 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3235 int rc; /* Return code */ 3236 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3237 3238 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3239 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3240 3241 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3242 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3243 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3244 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3245 */ 3246 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3247 3248 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3249 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3250 pager_reset(pPager); 3251 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3252 } 3253 3254 return rc; 3255 } 3256 #endif 3257 3258 /* 3259 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3260 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3261 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3262 ** 3263 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3264 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3265 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3266 */ 3267 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3268 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3269 3270 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3271 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3272 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3273 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3274 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3275 */ 3276 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3277 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3278 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3279 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3280 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3281 3282 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3283 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of 3284 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3285 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3286 */ 3287 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3288 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3289 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3290 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3291 return rc; 3292 } 3293 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3294 } 3295 3296 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3297 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3298 ** that the file can be read. 3299 */ 3300 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3301 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3302 } 3303 3304 *pnPage = nPage; 3305 return SQLITE_OK; 3306 } 3307 3308 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3309 /* 3310 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3311 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3312 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3313 ** 3314 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3315 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3316 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3317 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3318 ** 3319 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3320 ** 3321 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3322 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3323 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3324 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3325 ** other connection. 3326 */ 3327 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3328 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3329 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3330 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3331 3332 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3333 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3334 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3335 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3336 ); 3337 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3338 if( isWal ){ 3339 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3340 3341 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3342 if( rc ) return rc; 3343 if( nPage==0 ){ 3344 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3345 }else{ 3346 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3347 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3348 } 3349 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3350 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3351 } 3352 } 3353 } 3354 return rc; 3355 } 3356 #endif 3357 3358 /* 3359 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3360 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3361 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3362 ** savepoint. 3363 ** 3364 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3365 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3366 ** performed in the order specified: 3367 ** 3368 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3369 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3370 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3371 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3372 ** 3373 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3374 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3375 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3376 ** 3377 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3378 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3379 ** the journal file. 3380 ** 3381 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3382 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3383 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3384 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3385 ** 3386 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3387 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3388 ** 3389 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3390 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3391 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3392 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3393 */ 3394 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3395 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3396 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3397 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3398 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3399 3400 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3401 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3402 3403 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3404 if( pSavepoint ){ 3405 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3406 if( !pDone ){ 3407 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3408 } 3409 } 3410 3411 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3412 ** being reverted was opened. 3413 */ 3414 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3415 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3416 3417 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3418 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3419 } 3420 3421 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3422 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3423 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3424 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3425 */ 3426 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3427 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3428 3429 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3430 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3431 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3432 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3433 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3434 ** are played back. 3435 */ 3436 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3437 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3438 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3439 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3440 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3441 } 3442 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3443 }else{ 3444 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3445 } 3446 3447 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3448 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3449 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3450 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3451 */ 3452 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3453 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3454 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3455 u32 dummy; 3456 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3457 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3458 3459 /* 3460 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3461 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3462 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3463 */ 3464 if( nJRec==0 3465 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3466 ){ 3467 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3468 } 3469 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3470 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3471 } 3472 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3473 } 3474 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3475 3476 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3477 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3478 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3479 */ 3480 if( pSavepoint ){ 3481 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3482 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3483 3484 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3485 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3486 } 3487 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3488 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3489 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3490 } 3491 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3492 } 3493 3494 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3495 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3496 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3497 } 3498 3499 return rc; 3500 } 3501 3502 /* 3503 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3504 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3505 */ 3506 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3507 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3508 } 3509 3510 /* 3511 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3512 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3513 */ 3514 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3515 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3516 } 3517 3518 /* 3519 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3520 */ 3521 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3522 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3523 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3524 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3525 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3526 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3527 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3528 setGetterMethod(pPager); 3529 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3530 } 3531 #endif 3532 } 3533 3534 /* 3535 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3536 */ 3537 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3538 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3539 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3540 } 3541 3542 /* 3543 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3544 */ 3545 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3546 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3547 } 3548 3549 /* 3550 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3551 ** 3552 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3553 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3554 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3555 ** There are four levels: 3556 ** 3557 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3558 ** for temporary and transient files. 3559 ** 3560 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3561 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3562 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3563 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3564 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3565 ** when it is rolled back. 3566 ** 3567 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3568 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3569 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3570 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3571 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3572 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3573 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3574 ** 3575 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3576 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3577 ** journal is unlinked. 3578 ** 3579 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3580 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3581 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3582 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3583 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3584 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3585 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3586 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3587 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3588 ** 3589 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3590 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3591 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3592 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3593 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3594 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3595 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3596 ** 3597 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3598 ** and FULL=3. 3599 */ 3600 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3601 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3602 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3603 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3604 ){ 3605 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3606 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3607 pPager->noSync = 1; 3608 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3609 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3610 }else{ 3611 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3612 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3613 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3614 } 3615 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3616 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3617 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3618 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3619 }else{ 3620 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3621 } 3622 pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2); 3623 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3624 pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags; 3625 } 3626 if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){ 3627 pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2); 3628 } 3629 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3630 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3631 }else{ 3632 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3633 } 3634 } 3635 #endif 3636 3637 /* 3638 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3639 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3640 ** testing and analysis only. 3641 */ 3642 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3643 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3644 #endif 3645 3646 /* 3647 ** Open a temporary file. 3648 ** 3649 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3650 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3651 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3652 ** 3653 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3654 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3655 ** 3656 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3657 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3658 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3659 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3660 */ 3661 static int pagerOpentemp( 3662 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3663 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3664 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3665 ){ 3666 int rc; /* Return code */ 3667 3668 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3669 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3670 #endif 3671 3672 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3673 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3674 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3675 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3676 return rc; 3677 } 3678 3679 /* 3680 ** Set the busy handler function. 3681 ** 3682 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3683 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3684 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3685 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3686 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3687 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3688 ** 3689 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3690 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3691 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3692 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3693 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3694 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3695 ** 3696 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3697 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3698 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3699 */ 3700 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3701 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3702 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3703 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3704 ){ 3705 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3706 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3707 3708 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3709 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3710 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3711 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3712 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3713 } 3714 } 3715 3716 /* 3717 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3718 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3719 ** 3720 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3721 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3722 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3723 ** 3724 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3725 ** 3726 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3727 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3728 ** 3729 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3730 ** 3731 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3732 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3733 ** 3734 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3735 ** 3736 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3737 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3738 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3739 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3740 ** 3741 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3742 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3743 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3744 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3745 */ 3746 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3747 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3748 3749 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3750 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3751 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3752 ** 3753 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3754 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3755 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3756 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3757 */ 3758 3759 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3760 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3761 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3762 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3763 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3764 ){ 3765 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3766 i64 nByte = 0; 3767 3768 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3769 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3770 } 3771 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3772 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3773 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3774 } 3775 3776 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3777 pager_reset(pPager); 3778 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3779 } 3780 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3781 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3782 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3783 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3784 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3785 }else{ 3786 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3787 } 3788 } 3789 3790 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3791 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3792 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3793 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3794 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3795 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3796 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3797 } 3798 return rc; 3799 } 3800 3801 /* 3802 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3803 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3804 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3805 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3806 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3807 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3808 */ 3809 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3810 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3811 } 3812 3813 /* 3814 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3815 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3816 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3817 ** 3818 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3819 */ 3820 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3821 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3822 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3823 } 3824 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3825 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3826 return pPager->mxPgno; 3827 } 3828 3829 /* 3830 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3831 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3832 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3833 ** 3834 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3835 ** and generate no code. 3836 */ 3837 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3838 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3839 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3840 static int saved_cnt; 3841 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3842 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3843 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3844 } 3845 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3846 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3847 } 3848 #else 3849 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3850 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3851 #endif 3852 3853 /* 3854 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3855 ** that pDest points to. 3856 ** 3857 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3858 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3859 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3860 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3861 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3862 ** 3863 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3864 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3865 ** output buffer undefined. 3866 */ 3867 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3868 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3869 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3870 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3871 3872 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3873 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3874 ** to WAL mode yet. 3875 */ 3876 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3877 3878 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3879 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3880 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3881 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3882 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3883 } 3884 } 3885 return rc; 3886 } 3887 3888 /* 3889 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3890 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3891 ** 3892 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3893 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3894 */ 3895 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3896 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3897 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3898 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3899 } 3900 3901 3902 /* 3903 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3904 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3905 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3906 ** 3907 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3908 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3909 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3910 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3911 ** 3912 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3913 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3914 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3915 */ 3916 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3917 int rc; /* Return code */ 3918 3919 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3920 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3921 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3922 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3923 */ 3924 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3925 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3926 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3927 ); 3928 3929 do { 3930 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3931 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3932 return rc; 3933 } 3934 3935 /* 3936 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3937 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3938 ** 3939 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3940 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3941 ** 3942 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3943 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3944 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3945 ** 3946 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3947 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3948 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3949 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3950 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3951 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3952 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3953 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3954 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3955 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3956 */ 3957 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3958 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3959 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3960 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3961 } 3962 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3963 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3964 } 3965 #else 3966 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3967 #endif 3968 3969 /* 3970 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3971 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3972 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3973 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3974 ** 3975 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3976 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3977 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3978 ** then continue writing to the database. 3979 */ 3980 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3981 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3982 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3983 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3984 3985 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3986 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3987 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3988 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3989 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3990 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3991 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3992 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3993 ** is no longer correct. */ 3994 } 3995 3996 3997 /* 3998 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3999 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 4000 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 4001 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 4002 ** 4003 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 4004 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 4005 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 4006 ** content as this process. 4007 ** 4008 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 4009 ** an SQLite error code. 4010 */ 4011 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4012 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4013 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4014 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 4015 } 4016 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4017 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 4018 } 4019 return rc; 4020 } 4021 4022 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 4023 /* 4024 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 4025 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 4026 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 4027 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 4028 ** *ppPage to zero. 4029 ** 4030 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 4031 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 4032 */ 4033 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 4034 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 4035 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 4036 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 4037 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 4038 ){ 4039 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 4040 4041 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 4042 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4043 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 4044 p->pDirty = 0; 4045 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); 4046 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); 4047 }else{ 4048 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 4049 if( p==0 ){ 4050 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 4051 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4052 } 4053 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 4054 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 4055 p->nRef = 1; 4056 p->pPager = pPager; 4057 } 4058 4059 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 4060 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 4061 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 4062 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 4063 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 4064 4065 p->pgno = pgno; 4066 p->pData = pData; 4067 pPager->nMmapOut++; 4068 4069 return SQLITE_OK; 4070 } 4071 #endif 4072 4073 /* 4074 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 4075 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 4076 */ 4077 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4078 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4079 pPager->nMmapOut--; 4080 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4081 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 4082 4083 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 4084 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 4085 } 4086 4087 /* 4088 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 4089 */ 4090 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4091 PgHdr *p; 4092 PgHdr *pNext; 4093 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4094 pNext = p->pDirty; 4095 sqlite3_free(p); 4096 } 4097 } 4098 4099 4100 /* 4101 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4102 ** 4103 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4104 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4105 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4106 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4107 ** result in a coredump. 4108 ** 4109 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4110 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4111 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4112 ** to the caller. 4113 */ 4114 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 4115 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4116 4117 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 4118 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4119 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4120 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4121 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4122 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4123 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4124 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4125 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); 4126 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, 4127 (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp) 4128 ); 4129 pPager->pWal = 0; 4130 #endif 4131 pager_reset(pPager); 4132 if( MEMDB ){ 4133 pager_unlock(pPager); 4134 }else{ 4135 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4136 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4137 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4138 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4139 ** 4140 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4141 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4142 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4143 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4144 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4145 */ 4146 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4147 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4148 } 4149 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4150 } 4151 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4152 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4153 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4154 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4155 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4156 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4157 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4158 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4159 4160 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4161 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4162 #endif 4163 4164 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4165 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4166 4167 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4168 return SQLITE_OK; 4169 } 4170 4171 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4172 /* 4173 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4174 */ 4175 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4176 return pPg->pgno; 4177 } 4178 #endif 4179 4180 /* 4181 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4182 */ 4183 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4184 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4185 } 4186 4187 /* 4188 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4189 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4190 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4191 ** 4192 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4193 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4194 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4195 ** 4196 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4197 ** be taken. 4198 ** 4199 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4200 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4201 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4202 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4203 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4204 ** 4205 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4206 ** journal file is synced. 4207 ** 4208 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4209 ** 4210 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4211 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4212 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4213 ** <update nRec field> 4214 ** } 4215 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4216 ** } 4217 ** 4218 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4219 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4220 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4221 */ 4222 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4223 int rc; /* Return code */ 4224 4225 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4226 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4227 ); 4228 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4229 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4230 4231 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4232 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4233 4234 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4235 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4236 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4237 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4238 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4239 4240 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4241 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4242 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4243 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4244 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4245 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4246 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4247 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4248 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4249 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4250 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4251 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4252 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4253 ** 4254 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4255 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4256 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4257 ** 4258 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4259 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4260 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4261 ** the potential journal header. 4262 */ 4263 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4264 u8 aMagic[8]; 4265 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4266 4267 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4268 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4269 4270 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4271 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4272 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4273 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4274 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4275 } 4276 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4277 return rc; 4278 } 4279 4280 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4281 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4282 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4283 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4284 ** 4285 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4286 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4287 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4288 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4289 ** and never needs to be updated. 4290 */ 4291 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4292 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4293 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4294 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4295 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4296 } 4297 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4298 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4299 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4300 ); 4301 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4302 } 4303 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4304 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4305 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4306 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4307 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4308 ); 4309 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4310 } 4311 4312 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4313 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4314 pPager->nRec = 0; 4315 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4316 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4317 } 4318 }else{ 4319 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4320 } 4321 } 4322 4323 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4324 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4325 ** all pages. 4326 */ 4327 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4328 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4329 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4330 return SQLITE_OK; 4331 } 4332 4333 /* 4334 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4335 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4336 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4337 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4338 ** a no-op. 4339 ** 4340 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4341 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4342 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4343 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4344 ** 4345 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4346 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4347 ** written out. 4348 ** 4349 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4350 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4351 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4352 ** 4353 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4354 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4355 ** 4356 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4357 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4358 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4359 ** the database file. 4360 ** 4361 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4362 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4363 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4364 */ 4365 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4366 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4367 4368 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4369 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4370 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4371 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4372 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4373 4374 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4375 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4376 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4377 */ 4378 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4379 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4380 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4381 } 4382 4383 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4384 ** file size will be. 4385 */ 4386 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4387 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4388 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4389 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4390 ){ 4391 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4392 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4393 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4394 } 4395 4396 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4397 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4398 4399 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4400 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4401 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4402 ** any such pages to the file. 4403 ** 4404 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4405 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4406 */ 4407 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4408 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4409 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4410 4411 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4412 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4413 4414 /* Encode the database */ 4415 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); 4416 4417 /* Write out the page data. */ 4418 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4419 4420 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4421 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4422 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4423 */ 4424 if( pgno==1 ){ 4425 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4426 } 4427 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4428 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4429 } 4430 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4431 4432 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4433 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4434 4435 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4436 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4437 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4438 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4439 }else{ 4440 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4441 } 4442 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4443 pList = pList->pDirty; 4444 } 4445 4446 return rc; 4447 } 4448 4449 /* 4450 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4451 ** function is a no-op. 4452 ** 4453 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4454 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4455 ** fails. 4456 */ 4457 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4458 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4459 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4460 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4461 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4462 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4463 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4464 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4465 nStmtSpill = -1; 4466 } 4467 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4468 } 4469 return rc; 4470 } 4471 4472 /* 4473 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4474 ** 4475 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4476 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4477 ** 4478 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4479 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4480 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4481 ** bitvec. 4482 */ 4483 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4484 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4485 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4486 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4487 4488 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4489 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4490 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4491 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4492 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4493 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4494 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4495 ); 4496 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4497 4498 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4499 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4500 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4501 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4502 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4503 char *pData2; 4504 4505 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4506 if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4507 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 4508 }else 4509 #endif 4510 pData2 = pData; 4511 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4512 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4513 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4514 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4515 } 4516 } 4517 } 4518 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4519 pPager->nSubRec++; 4520 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4521 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4522 } 4523 return rc; 4524 } 4525 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4526 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4527 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4528 }else{ 4529 return SQLITE_OK; 4530 } 4531 } 4532 4533 /* 4534 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4535 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4536 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4537 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4538 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4539 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4540 ** argument. 4541 ** 4542 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4543 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4544 ** journal file. 4545 ** 4546 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4547 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4548 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4549 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4550 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4551 */ 4552 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4553 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4554 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4555 4556 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4557 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4558 4559 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4560 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4561 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4562 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4563 ** 4564 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4565 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4566 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4567 ** 4568 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4569 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4570 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4571 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4572 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4573 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4574 */ 4575 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4576 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4577 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4578 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4579 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4580 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4581 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4582 ){ 4583 return SQLITE_OK; 4584 } 4585 4586 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4587 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4588 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4589 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4590 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4591 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4592 } 4593 }else{ 4594 4595 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 4596 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 4597 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 4598 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4599 } 4600 #endif 4601 4602 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4603 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4604 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4605 ){ 4606 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4607 } 4608 4609 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4610 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4611 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4612 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4613 } 4614 } 4615 4616 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4617 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4618 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4619 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4620 } 4621 4622 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4623 } 4624 4625 /* 4626 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4627 */ 4628 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4629 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4630 if( !MEMDB ){ 4631 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4632 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4633 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4634 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4635 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4636 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4637 } 4638 pList = pNext; 4639 } 4640 } 4641 4642 return rc; 4643 } 4644 4645 /* 4646 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4647 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4648 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4649 ** 4650 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4651 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4652 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4653 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4654 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4655 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4656 ** 4657 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4658 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4659 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the 4660 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. 4661 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) 4662 ** 4663 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4664 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4665 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4666 ** 4667 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4668 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4669 ** 4670 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4671 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4672 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4673 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4674 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4675 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4676 */ 4677 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4678 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4679 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4680 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4681 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4682 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4683 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4684 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4685 ){ 4686 u8 *pPtr; 4687 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4688 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4689 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4690 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4691 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4692 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4693 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4694 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4695 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4696 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4697 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4698 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4699 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4700 4701 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4702 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4703 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4704 4705 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4706 *ppPager = 0; 4707 4708 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4709 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4710 memDb = 1; 4711 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4712 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4713 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4714 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4715 zFilename = 0; 4716 } 4717 } 4718 #endif 4719 4720 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4721 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4722 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4723 */ 4724 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4725 const char *z; 4726 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4727 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4728 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4729 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4730 } 4731 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4732 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4733 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4734 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4735 while( *z ){ 4736 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4737 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4738 } 4739 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4740 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4741 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4742 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4743 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4744 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4745 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4746 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4747 */ 4748 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4749 } 4750 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4751 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4752 return rc; 4753 } 4754 } 4755 4756 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4757 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4758 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4759 ** 4760 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4761 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4762 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4763 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4764 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4765 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4766 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4767 */ 4768 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4769 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4770 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4771 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4772 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4773 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4774 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4775 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4776 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4777 #endif 4778 ); 4779 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4780 if( !pPtr ){ 4781 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4782 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4783 } 4784 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4785 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4786 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4787 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4788 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4789 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4790 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4791 4792 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4793 if( zPathname ){ 4794 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4795 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4796 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4797 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4798 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4799 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4800 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4801 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4802 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4803 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4804 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4805 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4806 #endif 4807 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4808 } 4809 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4810 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4811 4812 /* Open the pager file. 4813 */ 4814 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4815 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4816 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4817 assert( !memDb ); 4818 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4819 4820 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4821 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4822 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4823 ** 4824 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4825 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4826 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4827 */ 4828 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4829 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4830 if( !readOnly ){ 4831 setSectorSize(pPager); 4832 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4833 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4834 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4835 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4836 }else{ 4837 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4838 } 4839 } 4840 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4841 { 4842 int ii; 4843 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4844 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4845 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4846 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4847 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4848 szPageDflt = ii; 4849 } 4850 } 4851 } 4852 #endif 4853 } 4854 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4855 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4856 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4857 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4858 goto act_like_temp_file; 4859 } 4860 } 4861 }else{ 4862 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4863 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4864 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4865 ** 4866 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4867 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4868 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4869 ** 4870 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4871 */ 4872 act_like_temp_file: 4873 tempFile = 1; 4874 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4875 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4876 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4877 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4878 } 4879 4880 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4881 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4882 */ 4883 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4884 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4885 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4886 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4887 } 4888 4889 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4890 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4891 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4892 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); 4893 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4894 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4895 } 4896 4897 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4898 */ 4899 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4900 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4901 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4902 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4903 return rc; 4904 } 4905 4906 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4907 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4908 4909 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4910 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4911 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4912 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4913 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4914 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4915 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4916 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4917 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4918 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4919 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4920 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4921 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4922 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4923 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4924 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4925 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4926 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4927 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4928 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4929 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4930 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4931 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 4932 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4933 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4934 }else{ 4935 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4936 pPager->extraSync = 0; 4937 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4938 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2); 4939 } 4940 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4941 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4942 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4943 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4944 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4945 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4946 setSectorSize(pPager); 4947 if( !useJournal ){ 4948 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4949 }else if( memDb ){ 4950 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4951 } 4952 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4953 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4954 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4955 setGetterMethod(pPager); 4956 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4957 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4958 4959 *ppPager = pPager; 4960 return SQLITE_OK; 4961 } 4962 4963 4964 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4965 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4966 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4967 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4968 */ 4969 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4970 int bHasMoved = 0; 4971 int rc; 4972 4973 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4974 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4975 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4976 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4977 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4978 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4979 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4980 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4981 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4982 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4983 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4984 } 4985 return rc; 4986 } 4987 4988 4989 /* 4990 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4991 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4992 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4993 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4994 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4995 ** 4996 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4997 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4998 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4999 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 5000 ** 5001 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 5002 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 5003 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 5004 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 5005 ** is returned. 5006 ** 5007 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 5008 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 5009 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 5010 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 5011 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 5012 ** will not roll it back. 5013 ** 5014 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 5015 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 5016 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 5017 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 5018 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 5019 */ 5020 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 5021 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5022 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5023 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 5024 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 5025 5026 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 5027 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5028 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5029 5030 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 5031 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 5032 )); 5033 5034 *pExists = 0; 5035 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5036 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 5037 } 5038 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 5039 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 5040 5041 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 5042 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 5043 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 5044 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 5045 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 5046 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 5047 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 5048 */ 5049 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 5050 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 5051 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 5052 5053 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 5054 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5055 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5056 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 5057 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 5058 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 5059 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 5060 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 5061 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 5062 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 5063 */ 5064 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 5065 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5066 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5067 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 5068 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5069 } 5070 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5071 }else{ 5072 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 5073 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 5074 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 5075 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 5076 ** it can be ignored. 5077 */ 5078 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5079 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5080 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 5081 } 5082 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5083 u8 first = 0; 5084 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 5085 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5086 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5087 } 5088 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5089 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5090 } 5091 *pExists = (first!=0); 5092 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 5093 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 5094 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 5095 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 5096 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 5097 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 5098 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 5099 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 5100 ** worry so much with race conditions. 5101 */ 5102 *pExists = 1; 5103 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5104 } 5105 } 5106 } 5107 } 5108 } 5109 5110 return rc; 5111 } 5112 5113 /* 5114 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5115 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5116 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5117 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5118 ** 5119 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5120 ** 5121 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5122 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5123 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5124 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5125 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5126 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5127 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5128 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5129 ** 5130 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5131 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5132 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5133 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5134 ** file. 5135 ** 5136 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5137 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5138 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5139 */ 5140 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5141 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5142 5143 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5144 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5145 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5146 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5147 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5148 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5149 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5150 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5151 5152 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5153 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5154 5155 assert( !MEMDB ); 5156 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5157 5158 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5159 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5160 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5161 goto failed; 5162 } 5163 5164 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5165 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5166 */ 5167 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5168 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5169 } 5170 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5171 goto failed; 5172 } 5173 if( bHotJournal ){ 5174 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5175 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5176 goto failed; 5177 } 5178 5179 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5180 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5181 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5182 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5183 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5184 ** hot-journal back. 5185 ** 5186 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5187 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5188 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5189 ** on the database file. 5190 ** 5191 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5192 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5193 */ 5194 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5195 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5196 goto failed; 5197 } 5198 5199 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5200 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5201 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5202 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5203 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5204 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5205 ** 5206 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5207 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5208 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5209 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5210 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5211 */ 5212 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5213 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5214 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5215 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5216 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5217 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5218 int fout = 0; 5219 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5220 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5221 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5222 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5223 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5224 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5225 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5226 } 5227 } 5228 } 5229 5230 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5231 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5232 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5233 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5234 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5235 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5236 ** the journal before playing it back. 5237 */ 5238 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5239 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5240 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5241 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5242 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5243 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5244 } 5245 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5246 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5247 } 5248 5249 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5250 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5251 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5252 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5253 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5254 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5255 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5256 ** 5257 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5258 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5259 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5260 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5261 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5262 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5263 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5264 ** references. 5265 */ 5266 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5267 goto failed; 5268 } 5269 5270 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5271 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5272 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5273 ); 5274 } 5275 5276 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5277 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5278 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5279 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5280 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5281 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5282 ** 5283 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5284 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5285 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5286 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5287 ** a codec is in use. 5288 ** 5289 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5290 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5291 ** it can be neglected. 5292 */ 5293 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5294 5295 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5296 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5297 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5298 if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5299 goto failed; 5300 } 5301 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5302 } 5303 5304 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5305 pager_reset(pPager); 5306 5307 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5308 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5309 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5310 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5311 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5312 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5313 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5314 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5315 } 5316 } 5317 } 5318 5319 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5320 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5321 */ 5322 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5323 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5324 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5325 #endif 5326 } 5327 5328 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5329 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5330 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5331 } 5332 5333 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5334 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5335 } 5336 5337 failed: 5338 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5339 assert( !MEMDB ); 5340 pager_unlock(pPager); 5341 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5342 }else{ 5343 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5344 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5345 } 5346 return rc; 5347 } 5348 5349 /* 5350 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5351 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5352 ** 5353 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5354 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5355 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5356 */ 5357 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5358 if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ 5359 assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */ 5360 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5361 } 5362 } 5363 5364 /* 5365 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a 5366 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 5367 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5368 ** 5369 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending 5370 ** on the current state of the pager. 5371 ** 5372 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter 5373 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state 5374 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled 5375 ** 5376 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5377 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5378 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5379 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5380 ** object with no outstanding references. 5381 ** 5382 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5383 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5384 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5385 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5386 ** 5387 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 5388 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 5389 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5390 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5391 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5392 ** 5393 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about 5394 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5395 ** 5396 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5397 ** 5398 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5399 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5400 ** from the savepoint journal. 5401 ** 5402 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead 5403 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5404 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5405 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5406 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5407 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5408 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5409 ** 5410 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5411 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5412 ** 5413 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5414 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5415 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5416 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5417 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5418 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5419 ** or journal files. 5420 */ 5421 static int getPageNormal( 5422 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5423 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5424 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5425 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5426 ){ 5427 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5428 PgHdr *pPg; 5429 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ 5430 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5431 5432 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5433 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5434 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5435 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5436 5437 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5438 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5439 if( pBase==0 ){ 5440 pPg = 0; 5441 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5442 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5443 if( pBase==0 ){ 5444 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5445 goto pager_acquire_err; 5446 } 5447 } 5448 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5449 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5450 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5451 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5452 5453 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; 5454 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5455 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5456 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5457 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5458 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5459 return SQLITE_OK; 5460 5461 }else{ 5462 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5463 ** be initialized. But first some error checks: 5464 ** 5465 ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 5466 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page 5467 */ 5468 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5469 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5470 goto pager_acquire_err; 5471 } 5472 5473 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5474 5475 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5476 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5477 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5478 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5479 goto pager_acquire_err; 5480 } 5481 if( noContent ){ 5482 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5483 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5484 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5485 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5486 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5487 */ 5488 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5489 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5490 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5491 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5492 } 5493 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5494 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5495 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5496 } 5497 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5498 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5499 }else{ 5500 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5501 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5502 rc = readDbPage(pPg); 5503 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5504 goto pager_acquire_err; 5505 } 5506 } 5507 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5508 } 5509 return SQLITE_OK; 5510 5511 pager_acquire_err: 5512 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5513 if( pPg ){ 5514 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5515 } 5516 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5517 *ppPage = 0; 5518 return rc; 5519 } 5520 5521 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 5522 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ 5523 static int getPageMMap( 5524 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5525 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5526 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5527 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5528 ){ 5529 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5530 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5531 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5532 5533 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5534 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5535 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5536 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5537 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 5538 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5539 ); 5540 5541 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); 5542 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5543 assert( pPager->xCodec==0 ); 5544 #endif 5545 5546 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5547 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5548 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5549 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5550 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5551 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5552 } 5553 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5554 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5555 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5556 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5557 5558 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5559 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5560 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5561 *ppPage = 0; 5562 return rc; 5563 } 5564 } 5565 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5566 void *pData = 0; 5567 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5568 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5569 ); 5570 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5571 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5572 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5573 } 5574 if( pPg==0 ){ 5575 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5576 }else{ 5577 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5578 } 5579 if( pPg ){ 5580 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5581 *ppPage = pPg; 5582 return SQLITE_OK; 5583 } 5584 } 5585 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5586 *ppPage = 0; 5587 return rc; 5588 } 5589 } 5590 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5591 } 5592 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 5593 5594 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ 5595 static int getPageError( 5596 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5597 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5598 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5599 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5600 ){ 5601 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); 5602 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); 5603 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 5604 *ppPage = 0; 5605 return pPager->errCode; 5606 } 5607 5608 5609 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. 5610 */ 5611 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5612 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5613 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5614 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5615 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5616 ){ 5617 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5618 } 5619 5620 /* 5621 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5622 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5623 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5624 ** 5625 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5626 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5627 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5628 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5629 ** has ever happened. 5630 */ 5631 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5632 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5633 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5634 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5635 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5636 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5637 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5638 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5639 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5640 } 5641 5642 /* 5643 ** Release a page reference. 5644 ** 5645 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be 5646 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page. 5647 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first 5648 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1. 5649 ** 5650 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine 5651 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of 5652 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock. 5653 */ 5654 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5655 TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; ) 5656 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5657 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5658 assert( pPg->pgno!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5659 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5660 }else{ 5661 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5662 } 5663 /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */ 5664 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 5665 } 5666 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5667 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5668 } 5669 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){ 5670 Pager *pPager; 5671 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5672 assert( pPg->pgno==1 ); 5673 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ 5674 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5675 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5676 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5677 } 5678 5679 /* 5680 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5681 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5682 ** file when this routine is called. 5683 ** 5684 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5685 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5686 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5687 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5688 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5689 ** 5690 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5691 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5692 ** already open file. 5693 ** 5694 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5695 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5696 ** 5697 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5698 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5699 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5700 */ 5701 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5702 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5703 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5704 5705 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5706 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5707 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5708 5709 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5710 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5711 ** an error state. */ 5712 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5713 5714 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5715 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5716 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5717 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5718 } 5719 5720 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5721 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5722 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5723 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5724 }else{ 5725 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5726 int nSpill; 5727 5728 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5729 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5730 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5731 }else{ 5732 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5733 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5734 } 5735 5736 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5737 ** it was originally opened. */ 5738 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5739 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5740 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5741 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5742 ); 5743 } 5744 } 5745 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5746 } 5747 5748 5749 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5750 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5751 */ 5752 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5753 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5754 pPager->nRec = 0; 5755 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5756 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5757 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5758 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5759 } 5760 } 5761 5762 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5763 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5764 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5765 }else{ 5766 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5767 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5768 } 5769 5770 return rc; 5771 } 5772 5773 /* 5774 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5775 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5776 ** 5777 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5778 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5779 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5780 ** functions need be called. 5781 ** 5782 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5783 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5784 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5785 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5786 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5787 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5788 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5789 */ 5790 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5791 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5792 5793 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5794 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5795 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5796 5797 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5798 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5799 5800 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5801 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5802 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5803 */ 5804 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5805 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5806 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5807 return rc; 5808 } 5809 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5810 } 5811 5812 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5813 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5814 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5815 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5816 */ 5817 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5818 }else{ 5819 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5820 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5821 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5822 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5823 */ 5824 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5825 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5826 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5827 } 5828 } 5829 5830 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5831 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5832 ** 5833 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5834 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5835 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5836 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5837 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5838 ** WAL mode. 5839 */ 5840 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5841 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5842 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5843 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5844 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5845 } 5846 5847 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5848 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5849 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5850 } 5851 5852 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5853 return rc; 5854 } 5855 5856 /* 5857 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5858 */ 5859 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5860 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5861 int rc; 5862 u32 cksum; 5863 char *pData2; 5864 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5865 5866 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5867 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5868 ** that we do not. */ 5869 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5870 5871 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5872 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 5873 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5874 5875 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5876 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5877 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5878 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5879 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5880 ** then corruption may follow. 5881 */ 5882 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5883 5884 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5885 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5886 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5887 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5888 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5889 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5890 5891 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5892 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5893 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5894 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5895 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5896 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5897 5898 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5899 pPager->nRec++; 5900 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5901 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5902 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5903 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5904 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5905 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5906 return rc; 5907 } 5908 5909 /* 5910 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5911 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5912 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5913 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5914 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5915 */ 5916 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5917 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5918 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5919 5920 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5921 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5922 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5923 */ 5924 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5925 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5926 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5927 ); 5928 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5929 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5930 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5931 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5932 5933 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5934 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5935 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5936 ** 5937 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5938 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5939 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5940 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5941 */ 5942 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5943 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5944 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5945 } 5946 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5947 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5948 5949 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5950 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5951 5952 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5953 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5954 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5955 */ 5956 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5957 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 5958 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 5959 ){ 5960 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5961 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5962 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 5963 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5964 return rc; 5965 } 5966 }else{ 5967 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5968 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5969 } 5970 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5971 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5972 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5973 } 5974 } 5975 5976 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 5977 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 5978 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 5979 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 5980 */ 5981 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5982 5983 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5984 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 5985 */ 5986 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 5987 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5988 } 5989 5990 /* Update the database size and return. */ 5991 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5992 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5993 } 5994 return rc; 5995 } 5996 5997 /* 5998 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 5999 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 6000 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 6001 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 6002 ** a write. 6003 ** 6004 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 6005 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 6006 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 6007 */ 6008 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 6009 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6010 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 6011 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 6012 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 6013 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 6014 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 6015 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 6016 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 6017 6018 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 6019 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 6020 ** this function. 6021 */ 6022 assert( !MEMDB ); 6023 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 6024 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6025 6026 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 6027 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 6028 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 6029 */ 6030 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 6031 6032 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 6033 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 6034 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 6035 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 6036 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 6037 }else{ 6038 nPage = nPagePerSector; 6039 } 6040 assert(nPage>0); 6041 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 6042 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 6043 6044 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 6045 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 6046 PgHdr *pPage; 6047 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 6048 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 6049 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 6050 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6051 rc = pager_write(pPage); 6052 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6053 needSync = 1; 6054 } 6055 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6056 } 6057 } 6058 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 6059 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 6060 needSync = 1; 6061 } 6062 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6063 } 6064 } 6065 6066 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 6067 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 6068 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 6069 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 6070 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 6071 */ 6072 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 6073 assert( !MEMDB ); 6074 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 6075 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 6076 if( pPage ){ 6077 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6078 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6079 } 6080 } 6081 } 6082 6083 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 6084 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6085 return rc; 6086 } 6087 6088 /* 6089 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 6090 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 6091 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 6092 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 6093 ** 6094 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 6095 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 6096 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 6097 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 6098 ** 6099 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 6100 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6101 */ 6102 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6103 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6104 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 6105 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6106 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6107 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 6108 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6109 return SQLITE_OK; 6110 }else if( pPager->errCode ){ 6111 return pPager->errCode; 6112 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 6113 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6114 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 6115 }else{ 6116 return pager_write(pPg); 6117 } 6118 } 6119 6120 /* 6121 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 6122 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 6123 ** to change the content of the page. 6124 */ 6125 #ifndef NDEBUG 6126 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 6127 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6128 } 6129 #endif 6130 6131 /* 6132 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 6133 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 6134 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 6135 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 6136 ** content no longer matters. 6137 ** 6138 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 6139 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 6140 ** that it does not get written to disk. 6141 ** 6142 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 6143 ** DELETE operations. 6144 ** 6145 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 6146 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 6147 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 6148 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 6149 ** current transaction is rolled back. 6150 */ 6151 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6152 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6153 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6154 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6155 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6156 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6157 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6158 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6159 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6160 } 6161 } 6162 6163 /* 6164 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6165 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6166 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6167 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6168 ** 6169 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6170 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6171 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6172 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6173 ** 6174 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6175 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6176 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6177 ** transaction is committed. 6178 ** 6179 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6180 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6181 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6182 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6183 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6184 */ 6185 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6186 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6187 6188 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6189 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6190 ); 6191 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6192 6193 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6194 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6195 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6196 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6197 ** 6198 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6199 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6200 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6201 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6202 */ 6203 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6204 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6205 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6206 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6207 #else 6208 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6209 #endif 6210 6211 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6212 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6213 6214 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6215 6216 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6217 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6218 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6219 6220 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6221 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6222 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6223 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6224 */ 6225 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6226 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6227 } 6228 6229 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6230 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6231 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6232 6233 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6234 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6235 const void *zBuf; 6236 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6237 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); 6238 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6239 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6240 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6241 } 6242 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6243 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6244 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6245 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6246 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6247 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6248 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6249 } 6250 }else{ 6251 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6252 } 6253 } 6254 6255 /* Release the page reference. */ 6256 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6257 } 6258 return rc; 6259 } 6260 6261 /* 6262 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6263 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6264 ** 6265 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6266 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6267 */ 6268 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6269 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6270 6271 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6272 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6273 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6274 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6275 } 6276 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6277 assert( !MEMDB ); 6278 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6279 } 6280 return rc; 6281 } 6282 6283 /* 6284 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6285 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6286 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6287 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6288 ** 6289 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6290 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6291 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6292 ** returned. 6293 */ 6294 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6295 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6296 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6297 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6298 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6299 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6300 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6301 ); 6302 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6303 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6304 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6305 } 6306 } 6307 return rc; 6308 } 6309 6310 /* 6311 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6312 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6313 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6314 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6315 ** 6316 ** This routine ensures that: 6317 ** 6318 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6319 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6320 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6321 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6322 ** * the database file synced. 6323 ** 6324 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6325 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6326 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6327 ** 6328 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6329 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6330 ** 6331 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6332 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6333 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6334 ** journal file in this case. 6335 */ 6336 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6337 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6338 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6339 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6340 ){ 6341 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6342 6343 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6344 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6345 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6346 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6347 ); 6348 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6349 6350 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6351 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6352 6353 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6354 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6355 6356 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6357 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6358 6359 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6360 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6361 6362 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6363 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6364 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6365 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6366 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6367 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6368 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6369 }else{ 6370 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6371 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6372 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6373 if( pList==0 ){ 6374 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6375 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6376 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6377 pList = pPageOne; 6378 pList->pDirty = 0; 6379 } 6380 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6381 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6382 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6383 } 6384 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6385 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6386 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6387 } 6388 }else{ 6389 /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method 6390 ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write 6391 ** is enabled. 6392 */ 6393 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 6394 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6395 const int bBatch = zMaster==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ 6396 && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) 6397 && !pPager->noSync 6398 && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd); 6399 #else 6400 # define bBatch 0 6401 #endif 6402 6403 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6404 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6405 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6406 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6407 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6408 ** 6409 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6410 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6411 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6412 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6413 ** 6414 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6415 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6416 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6417 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6418 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6419 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6420 ** mode. 6421 ** 6422 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6423 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6424 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6425 ** created for this transaction. 6426 */ 6427 if( bBatch==0 ){ 6428 PgHdr *pPg; 6429 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6430 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6431 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6432 ); 6433 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6434 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6435 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6436 && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6437 ){ 6438 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6439 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6440 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6441 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6442 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6443 */ 6444 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6445 }else{ 6446 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6447 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6448 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6449 } 6450 } 6451 } 6452 #else 6453 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE 6454 if( zMaster ){ 6455 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6456 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6457 } 6458 #endif 6459 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6460 #endif 6461 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6462 6463 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6464 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6465 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6466 */ 6467 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6468 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6469 6470 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6471 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6472 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6473 ** 6474 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6475 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6476 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6477 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6478 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6479 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6480 */ 6481 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6482 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6483 6484 if( bBatch ){ 6485 /* The pager is now in DBMOD state. But regardless of what happens 6486 ** next, attempting to play the journal back into the database would 6487 ** be unsafe. Close it now to make sure that does not happen. */ 6488 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6489 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6490 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6491 } 6492 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6493 if( bBatch ){ 6494 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6495 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6496 }else{ 6497 sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); 6498 } 6499 } 6500 6501 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6502 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6503 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6504 } 6505 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6506 6507 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6508 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6509 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6510 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6511 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6512 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6513 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6514 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6515 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6516 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6517 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6518 } 6519 6520 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6521 if( !noSync ){ 6522 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6523 } 6524 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6525 } 6526 } 6527 6528 commit_phase_one_exit: 6529 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6530 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6531 } 6532 return rc; 6533 } 6534 6535 6536 /* 6537 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6538 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6539 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6540 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6541 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6542 ** 6543 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6544 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6545 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6546 ** irrevocably committed. 6547 ** 6548 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6549 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6550 */ 6551 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6552 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6553 6554 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6555 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6556 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6557 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6558 6559 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6560 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6561 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6562 ); 6563 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6564 6565 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6566 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6567 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6568 ** 6569 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6570 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6571 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6572 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6573 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6574 ** to drop any locks either. 6575 */ 6576 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6577 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6578 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6579 ){ 6580 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6581 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6582 return SQLITE_OK; 6583 } 6584 6585 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6586 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6587 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6588 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6589 } 6590 6591 /* 6592 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6593 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6594 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6595 ** state if an error occurs. 6596 ** 6597 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6598 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6599 ** 6600 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6601 ** 6602 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6603 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6604 ** was opened, and 6605 ** 6606 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6607 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6608 ** 6609 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6610 ** rollback is successful. 6611 ** 6612 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6613 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6614 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6615 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6616 */ 6617 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6618 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6619 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6620 6621 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6622 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6623 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6624 */ 6625 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6626 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6627 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6628 6629 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6630 int rc2; 6631 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6632 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6633 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6634 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6635 int eState = pPager->eState; 6636 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6637 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6638 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6639 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6640 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6641 */ 6642 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6643 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6644 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6645 return rc; 6646 } 6647 }else{ 6648 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6649 } 6650 6651 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6652 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6653 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6654 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6655 ); 6656 6657 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6658 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6659 */ 6660 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6661 } 6662 6663 /* 6664 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6665 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6666 */ 6667 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6668 return pPager->readOnly; 6669 } 6670 6671 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6672 /* 6673 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6674 */ 6675 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6676 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6677 } 6678 #endif 6679 6680 /* 6681 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6682 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6683 */ 6684 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6685 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6686 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6687 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6688 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6689 + pPager->pageSize; 6690 } 6691 6692 /* 6693 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6694 */ 6695 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6696 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6697 } 6698 6699 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6700 /* 6701 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6702 */ 6703 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6704 static int a[11]; 6705 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6706 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6707 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6708 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6709 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6710 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6711 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6712 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6713 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6714 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6715 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6716 return a; 6717 } 6718 #endif 6719 6720 /* 6721 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6722 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6723 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6724 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6725 ** returning. 6726 */ 6727 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6728 6729 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6730 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6731 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6732 ); 6733 6734 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6735 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6736 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6737 6738 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6739 if( reset ){ 6740 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6741 } 6742 } 6743 6744 /* 6745 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6746 */ 6747 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6748 return pPager->tempFile; 6749 } 6750 6751 /* 6752 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6753 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6754 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6755 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6756 ** 6757 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6758 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6759 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6760 */ 6761 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6762 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6763 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6764 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6765 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6766 6767 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6768 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6769 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6770 6771 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6772 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6773 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6774 */ 6775 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6776 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6777 ); 6778 if( !aNew ){ 6779 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6780 } 6781 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6782 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6783 6784 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6785 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6786 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6787 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6788 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6789 }else{ 6790 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6791 } 6792 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6793 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6794 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6795 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6796 } 6797 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6798 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6799 } 6800 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6801 } 6802 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6803 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6804 return rc; 6805 } 6806 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6807 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6808 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6809 6810 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6811 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6812 }else{ 6813 return SQLITE_OK; 6814 } 6815 } 6816 6817 6818 /* 6819 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6820 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6821 ** created savepoint. 6822 ** 6823 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6824 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6825 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6826 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6827 ** 6828 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6829 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6830 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6831 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6832 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6833 ** 6834 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6835 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6836 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6837 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6838 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6839 ** 6840 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6841 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6842 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6843 ** 6844 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6845 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6846 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6847 */ 6848 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6849 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6850 6851 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6852 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6853 #endif 6854 6855 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6856 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6857 6858 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6859 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6860 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6861 6862 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6863 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6864 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6865 */ 6866 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6867 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6868 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6869 } 6870 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6871 6872 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6873 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6874 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6875 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6876 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6877 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6878 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6879 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6880 } 6881 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6882 } 6883 } 6884 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6885 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6886 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6887 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6888 */ 6889 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6890 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6891 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6892 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6893 } 6894 6895 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6896 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6897 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6898 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6899 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6900 else if( 6901 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6902 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6903 ){ 6904 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6905 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6906 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6907 } 6908 #endif 6909 } 6910 6911 return rc; 6912 } 6913 6914 /* 6915 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6916 ** 6917 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6918 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6919 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6920 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6921 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6922 ** participate in shared-cache. 6923 */ 6924 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6925 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6926 } 6927 6928 /* 6929 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6930 */ 6931 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6932 return pPager->pVfs; 6933 } 6934 6935 /* 6936 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6937 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6938 ** not yet been opened. 6939 */ 6940 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6941 return pPager->fd; 6942 } 6943 6944 /* 6945 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 6946 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 6947 */ 6948 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 6949 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 6950 return pPager->jfd; 6951 #else 6952 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 6953 #endif 6954 } 6955 6956 /* 6957 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6958 */ 6959 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6960 return pPager->zJournal; 6961 } 6962 6963 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6964 /* 6965 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6966 */ 6967 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6968 Pager *pPager, 6969 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6970 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6971 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6972 void *pCodec 6973 ){ 6974 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6975 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6976 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6977 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6978 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6979 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6980 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6981 } 6982 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6983 return pPager->pCodec; 6984 } 6985 6986 /* 6987 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6988 ** into the log file. 6989 ** 6990 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6991 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6992 */ 6993 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6994 void *aData = 0; 6995 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6996 return aData; 6997 } 6998 6999 /* 7000 ** Return the current pager state 7001 */ 7002 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 7003 return pPager->eState; 7004 } 7005 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 7006 7007 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 7008 /* 7009 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 7010 ** 7011 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 7012 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 7013 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 7014 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 7015 ** 7016 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 7017 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 7018 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 7019 ** 7020 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 7021 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 7022 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 7023 ** transaction is active). 7024 ** 7025 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 7026 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 7027 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 7028 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 7029 ** 7030 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 7031 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 7032 */ 7033 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 7034 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 7035 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 7036 int rc; /* Return code */ 7037 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 7038 7039 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 7040 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 7041 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 7042 ); 7043 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7044 7045 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 7046 ** the page we are moving from. 7047 */ 7048 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 7049 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7050 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 7051 if( rc ) return rc; 7052 } 7053 7054 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 7055 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 7056 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 7057 ** 7058 ** BEGIN; 7059 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 7060 ** SAVEPOINT one; 7061 ** <Move page X to location Y> 7062 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 7063 ** 7064 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 7065 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 7066 ** statement were is processed. 7067 ** 7068 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 7069 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 7070 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 7071 */ 7072 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 7073 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 7074 ){ 7075 return rc; 7076 } 7077 7078 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 7079 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 7080 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 7081 7082 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 7083 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 7084 ** 7085 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 7086 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 7087 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 7088 */ 7089 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 7090 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 7091 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 7092 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 7093 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 7094 } 7095 7096 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 7097 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 7098 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 7099 ** for the page moved there. 7100 */ 7101 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7102 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 7103 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 7104 if( pPgOld ){ 7105 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 7106 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7107 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 7108 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 7109 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 7110 }else{ 7111 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 7112 } 7113 } 7114 7115 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 7116 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 7117 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 7118 7119 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 7120 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 7121 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 7122 */ 7123 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 7124 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 7125 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7126 } 7127 7128 if( needSyncPgno ){ 7129 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 7130 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 7131 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 7132 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 7133 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 7134 ** flag. 7135 ** 7136 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 7137 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 7138 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 7139 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 7140 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 7141 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 7142 */ 7143 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 7144 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 7145 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7146 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 7147 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 7148 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 7149 } 7150 return rc; 7151 } 7152 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7153 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 7154 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 7155 } 7156 7157 return SQLITE_OK; 7158 } 7159 #endif 7160 7161 /* 7162 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 7163 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 7164 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 7165 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 7166 */ 7167 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 7168 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 7169 pPg->flags = flags; 7170 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 7171 } 7172 7173 /* 7174 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 7175 */ 7176 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 7177 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 7178 return pPg->pData; 7179 } 7180 7181 /* 7182 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 7183 ** allocated along with the specified page. 7184 */ 7185 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 7186 return pPg->pExtra; 7187 } 7188 7189 /* 7190 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 7191 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7192 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7193 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7194 ** 7195 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7196 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7197 ** locking-mode. 7198 */ 7199 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7200 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7201 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7202 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7203 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7204 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7205 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7206 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7207 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7208 } 7209 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7210 } 7211 7212 /* 7213 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7214 ** 7215 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7216 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7217 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7218 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7219 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7220 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7221 ** 7222 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7223 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7224 ** 7225 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7226 ** or _MEMORY. 7227 ** 7228 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7229 ** 7230 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7231 */ 7232 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7233 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7234 7235 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 7236 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 7237 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 7238 print_pager_state(pPager); 7239 #endif 7240 7241 7242 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7243 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7244 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7245 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7246 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7247 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7248 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7249 7250 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7251 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7252 ** to WAL mode. 7253 */ 7254 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7255 7256 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7257 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7258 */ 7259 if( MEMDB ){ 7260 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7261 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7262 eMode = eOld; 7263 } 7264 } 7265 7266 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7267 7268 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7269 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7270 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7271 7272 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7273 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7274 ** delete the journal file. 7275 */ 7276 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7277 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7278 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7279 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7280 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7281 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7282 7283 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7284 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7285 7286 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7287 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7288 ** here is an optimization only. 7289 ** 7290 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7291 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7292 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7293 */ 7294 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7295 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7296 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7297 }else{ 7298 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7299 int state = pPager->eState; 7300 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7301 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7302 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7303 } 7304 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7305 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7306 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7307 } 7308 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7309 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7310 } 7311 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7312 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7313 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7314 pager_unlock(pPager); 7315 } 7316 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7317 } 7318 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7319 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7320 } 7321 } 7322 7323 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7324 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7325 } 7326 7327 /* 7328 ** Return the current journal mode. 7329 */ 7330 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7331 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7332 } 7333 7334 /* 7335 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7336 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7337 ** is unmodified. 7338 */ 7339 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7340 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7341 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7342 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7343 return 1; 7344 } 7345 7346 /* 7347 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7348 ** 7349 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7350 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7351 */ 7352 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7353 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7354 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7355 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7356 } 7357 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7358 } 7359 7360 /* 7361 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7362 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7363 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7364 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7365 */ 7366 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7367 return &pPager->pBackup; 7368 } 7369 7370 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7371 /* 7372 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7373 */ 7374 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7375 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7376 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7377 } 7378 #endif 7379 7380 7381 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7382 /* 7383 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7384 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7385 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7386 ** 7387 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7388 */ 7389 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( 7390 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ 7391 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ 7392 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ 7393 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ 7394 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ 7395 ){ 7396 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7397 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7398 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, 7399 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7400 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7401 pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7402 pnLog, pnCkpt 7403 ); 7404 } 7405 return rc; 7406 } 7407 7408 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7409 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7410 } 7411 7412 /* 7413 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7414 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7415 */ 7416 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7417 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7418 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7419 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7420 } 7421 7422 /* 7423 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7424 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7425 */ 7426 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7427 int rc; /* Return code */ 7428 7429 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7430 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7431 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7432 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7433 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7434 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7435 } 7436 7437 return rc; 7438 } 7439 7440 /* 7441 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7442 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7443 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7444 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7445 */ 7446 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7447 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7448 7449 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7450 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7451 7452 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7453 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7454 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7455 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7456 */ 7457 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7458 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7459 } 7460 7461 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7462 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7463 */ 7464 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7465 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7466 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7467 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7468 ); 7469 } 7470 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7471 7472 return rc; 7473 } 7474 7475 7476 /* 7477 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7478 ** this function. 7479 ** 7480 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7481 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7482 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7483 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7484 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7485 ** not modified in either case. 7486 ** 7487 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7488 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7489 ** without doing anything. 7490 */ 7491 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7492 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7493 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7494 ){ 7495 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7496 7497 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7498 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7499 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7500 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7501 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7502 7503 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7504 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7505 7506 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7507 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7508 7509 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7510 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7511 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7512 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7513 } 7514 }else{ 7515 *pbOpen = 1; 7516 } 7517 7518 return rc; 7519 } 7520 7521 /* 7522 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7523 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7524 ** 7525 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7526 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7527 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7528 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7529 */ 7530 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7531 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7532 7533 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7534 7535 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7536 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7537 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7538 */ 7539 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7540 int logexists = 0; 7541 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7542 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7543 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7544 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7545 ); 7546 } 7547 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7548 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7549 } 7550 } 7551 7552 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7553 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7554 */ 7555 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7556 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7557 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7558 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, 7559 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7560 pPager->pWal = 0; 7561 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7562 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7563 } 7564 } 7565 return rc; 7566 } 7567 7568 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7569 /* 7570 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7571 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7572 */ 7573 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7574 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7575 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7576 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7577 } 7578 return rc; 7579 } 7580 7581 /* 7582 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7583 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7584 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7585 */ 7586 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7587 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7588 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7589 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7590 }else{ 7591 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7592 } 7593 return rc; 7594 } 7595 7596 /* 7597 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 7598 ** is not a WAL database, return an error. 7599 */ 7600 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ 7601 int rc; 7602 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7603 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); 7604 }else{ 7605 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7606 } 7607 return rc; 7608 } 7609 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7610 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7611 7612 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7613 /* 7614 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7615 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7616 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7617 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7618 ** is empty, return 0. 7619 */ 7620 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7621 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7622 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7623 } 7624 #endif 7625 7626 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7627